LLVM 24.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
51#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
58#include <algorithm>
59#include <cassert>
60#include <climits>
61#include <cstdint>
62#include <map>
63#include <string>
64#include <utility>
65#include <vector>
66
67namespace llvm {
68
69class AssumptionCache;
70class CCState;
71class CCValAssign;
74class Constant;
75enum class ExceptionHandling : int;
76class FastISel;
78class GlobalValue;
79class Loop;
81class IntrinsicInst;
82class IRBuilderBase;
83struct KnownBits;
84class LLVMContext;
86class MachineFunction;
87class MachineInstr;
89class MachineLoop;
91class MCContext;
92class MCExpr;
93class Module;
96class TargetMachine;
97class MCRegisterClass;
101class Value;
102class VPIntrinsic;
103
104namespace Sched {
105
107 None, // No preference
108 Source, // Follow source order.
109 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
110 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
111 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
112 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
113 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
114 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
115 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
116};
117
118} // end namespace Sched
119
120// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
121struct MemOp {
122private:
123 enum class MemOpKind {
124 Memset,
125 MemsetWithZero, // memset the memory with zeros
126 Memcpy, // copy memory from source to destination, source and destination do
127 // not overlap
128 MemcpyStrSrc, // memcpy source is an in-register constant, so it does not
129 // need to be loaded
130 Memmove, // memmove: like memcpy, but source and destination regions may
131 // overlap
132 };
133
134 // Shared
135 uint64_t Size;
136 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
137 // constraint.
138 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
139
140 bool IsVolatile;
141 MemOpKind Kind;
142 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
143 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
144public:
145 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
146 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
147 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
148 MemOp Op;
149 Op.Size = Size;
150 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
151 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
152 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
153 Op.Kind = MemcpyStrSrc ? MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc : MemOpKind::Memcpy;
154 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
155 return Op;
156 }
157
158 static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
159 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile) {
160 MemOp Op;
161 Op.Size = Size;
162 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
163 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
164 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
165 Op.Kind = MemOpKind::Memmove;
166 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
167 return Op;
168 }
169
170 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
171 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
172 MemOp Op;
173 Op.Size = Size;
174 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
175 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
176 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
177 Op.Kind = IsZeroMemset ? MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero : MemOpKind::Memset;
178 return Op;
179 }
180
181 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
183 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
184 return DstAlign;
185 }
186 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
187 bool isVolatile() const { return IsVolatile; }
188 bool isMemset() const {
189 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memset || Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero;
190 }
191 bool isMemcpy() const {
192 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memcpy || Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc;
193 }
194 bool isMemmove() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::Memmove; }
195 bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const { return isMemcpy() || isMemmove(); }
197 return isMemcpyOrMemmove() && !DstAlignCanChange;
198 }
199 bool isZeroMemset() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero; }
200 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc; }
202 assert(isMemcpyOrMemmove() && "Must be a memcpy or memmove");
203 return SrcAlign;
204 }
205 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
206 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
207 }
208 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
209 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
210 }
211 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
212 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
213 }
214};
215
216/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
217/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
219public:
220 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
221 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
223 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
224 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
225 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
226 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
227 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
228 };
229
230 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
231 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
233 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
234 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
235 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
236 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
237 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
238 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
239 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
240 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
241 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
242 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left
243 // unimplemented. While it is theoretically
244 // possible to legalize operations on scalable
245 // types with a loop that handles the vscale *
246 // #lanes of the vector, this is non-trivial at
247 // SelectionDAG level and these types are
248 // better to be widened or promoted.
249 };
250
251 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
252 /// in order to type-legalize it.
253 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
254
255 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
257 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
258 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
259 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
260 };
261
262 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
264 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
265 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
266 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
267 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
268 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
269 };
270
271 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
272 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
273 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
274 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
276 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
277 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
278 // floating-point to integer type.
279 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
280 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
281 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
282 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
283 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
284 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
285 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
286 // operations; used by X86.
287 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
288 // operations; used by X86.
289 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
290 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
291
292 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
293 // environment.
295 };
296
297 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
298 enum class MulExpansionKind {
299 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
300 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
301 // or custom.
302 };
303
304 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
305 enum class NegatibleCost {
306 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
307 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
308 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
309 };
310
311 /// Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
313 Free = 0, // Lowers to no instruction at all, e.g. a subregister copy.
314 Cheap = 1, // Lowers to at most one instruction, and may still be free if
315 // the target can fold the extract into the instruction
316 // consuming it (e.g. a widening op that reads the high half of
317 // a register).
318 Expensive = 2 // Needs a shuffle sequence that cannot be folded away.
319 };
320
321 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
322 /// (setcc ...)).
324 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
325 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
326 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
327 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
328 };
329
331 public:
334 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
336 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
338 bool IsSExt : 1;
339 bool IsZExt : 1;
340 bool IsNoExt : 1;
341 bool IsInReg : 1;
342 bool IsSRet : 1;
343 bool IsNest : 1;
344 bool IsByVal : 1;
345 bool IsByRef : 1;
346 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
348 bool IsReturned : 1;
349 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
350 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
351 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
353 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
354 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
355
362
365
367
368 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
369 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const AttributeList &Attrs, unsigned ArgIdx);
370 };
371 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
372
374 switch (Content) {
376 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
377 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
379 // Extend by adding zero bits.
380 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
382 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
383 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
384 }
385 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
386 }
387
388 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
389 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
393
394 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
395 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
396 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
397 }
398
399protected:
400 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
401 void initActions();
402
403public:
404 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
405
406 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
407
408 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
409 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
410 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
411 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
412 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
413 }
414
415 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
416 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
417 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
418 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
419 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
420 }
421
422 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
423 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
425 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
426 }
427
428 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
429 /// address space specified through the data layout.
431 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
432 }
433
434 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
435 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
436 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
437 return getPointerTy(DL);
438 }
439
440 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
441 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
442 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
443 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
444
445 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
446 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
447 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
448 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
449 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
450
451 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
452 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
454 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
455 return ShiftValueTy;
456 }
457
458 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
459 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
460 /// pointer.
461 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
462 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
463 }
464
465 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
466 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
467 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
471
472 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
473 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
474 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
477 }
478
479 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
480 /// ISD::VP_UDIV, ISD::VP_SDIV, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
481 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
482 /// to any larger type.
483 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
484
485 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
486 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
487 /// implementation does nothing.
491
492 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
493 /// The default implementation does nothing.
498
499 MachineMemOperand::Flags getLoadMemOperandFlags(
500 const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
501 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr,
503 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
504 const DataLayout &DL) const;
505 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
506 const DataLayout &DL) const;
508 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
509
510 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
511 return true;
512 }
513
514 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
515 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
516 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
517 return true;
518 }
519
520 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
521 bool IsScalable) const {
522 return true;
523 }
524
525 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
526 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
527 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(EVT RetVT, ElementCount EC,
528 bool ZeroIsPoison,
529 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
530
531 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
532 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
533 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
534 return true;
535 }
536
537 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
538 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
539 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
540 /// integer compare.
541 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
542 return true;
543 }
544
545 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
546 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
547 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
548 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
549 /// users. \p VT is the type of the condition value, e.g. the type of the
550 /// result of a comparison.
551 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
552
553 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
554 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
555
556 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
559 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
561 return TypeScalarizeVector;
562 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
563 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
564 return TypeWidenVector;
565 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
566 return TypePromoteInteger;
567 }
568
569 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
570 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
571 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
572 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
573 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
574
575 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
576 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
577 // them together.
578 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
579 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
580 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
581 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
582 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
583 // provided.
584 virtual bool
586 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
587 return DefinedValues < 3;
588 }
589
590 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
591 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
592 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
593 /// for speed or for size.
594 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
595
596 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
597 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
598 return true;
599 }
600
601 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
602 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
603 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
604 return false;
605 }
606
607 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
612 };
613
614 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
615 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
616 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
617 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
618 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
619
620 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
621 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
622 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
623 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
624 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
625
626 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
627 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
628 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
629 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
630 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
631
632 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
633 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
634 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
635 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
636 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
637
638 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
639 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
640
641 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
642 /// fast types
644 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
645 }
646
647 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
648 /// avoided.
649 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
650
651 // Costs parameters used by
652 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
653 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
654 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
655 // be split into two branches or left as one.
656 //
657 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
658 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
659 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
660 // they will be split.
661 //
662 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
663 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
664 //
665 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
666 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
667 //
668 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
669 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
675 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
676 // or split them into two separate branches.
677 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
678 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
679 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
680 // Arg3: The containing function.
681 virtual CondMergingParams
683 const Value *, const Function *) const {
684 // -1 will always result in splitting.
685 return {-1, -1, -1};
686 }
687
688 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
689 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
693
694 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
695 return false;
696 }
697
698 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
699 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
700 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
701 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
702 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
703 /// dag combiner.
704 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
705 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
706 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
707
708 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
709 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
710 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
711 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
712 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
713 // Default to the same logic as loads.
714 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
715 }
716
717 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
718 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
719 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
720 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
721 unsigned NumElem,
722 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
723 return IsZero;
724 }
725
726 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
727 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
728 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
729 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
730 return true;
731 }
732
733 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
734 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
735 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
736 return true;
737 }
738
739 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
740 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
741 return false;
742 }
743
744 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
745 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
746 return false;
747 }
748
749 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
750 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
751 return false;
752 }
753
754 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
755 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
756 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
757 }
758
759 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
760 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
761 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
762 return 1;
763 }
764
765 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
766 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
767 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
768
769 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
770 /// gen prepare.
771 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
772
773 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
774 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
775 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
776 return false;
777 }
778
779 /// Return if the target supports combining a
780 /// chain like:
781 /// \code
782 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
783 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
784 /// \endcode
785 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
786 /// \code
787 /// cc = test %register, #mask
788 /// \endcode
789 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
790 return false;
791 }
792
793 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
794 virtual bool
796 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
797 return true;
798 }
799
800 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
801 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
802 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
803 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
804 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
805 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
806 return false;
807 }
808
809 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
810 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
811 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
812 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
813 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
814 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
816 }
817
818 /// Return true if the target should transform:
819 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
820 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
821 ///
822 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
823 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
824 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
825 ///
826 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
827 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
828 /// predicate, for example:
829 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
830 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
831 return false;
832 }
833
834 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
835 /// X = ~A & B
836 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
837 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
838 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
839 // it has this operation too.
840 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
841 }
842
843 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
844 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
845 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
846 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
847 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
848
849 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
850 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
851 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
852 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
853 /// Return false if there is no preference.
855 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
856 return false;
857 }
858
859 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
860 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
861 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
862 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
863 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
864 return true;
865 }
866
867 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
868 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
869 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
870 /// Into it's more traditional form:
871 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
872 /// Return true if we should transform.
873 /// Return false if there is no preference.
875 unsigned KeptBits) const {
876 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
877 return false;
878 }
879
880 /// Given the pattern
881 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
882 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
883 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
884 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
885 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
886 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
889 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
890 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
891 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
892 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
893 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
894 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
895
896 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
897 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
898 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
899
900 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
901 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
902 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
903 }
904
905 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
906 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
907 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
908 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
909 return !XC;
910 }
911
912 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
913 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
914 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
915 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
916 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
917 //
918 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
919 // equals.
920 //
921 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
922 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
923 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
925 SDValue IntPow2) const {
926 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
927 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
928 }
929
930 // Given:
931 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
932 // or
933 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, C1))
934
935 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
936 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
937 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
938 // Note: It's only valid to convert between the rotate and shift versions iff
939 // the shift-amt (`C1`) divides the bit width.
940 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
942 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
943 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
944 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
945 return ShiftOpc;
946 }
947
948 /// These two forms are equivalent:
949 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
950 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
951 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
952 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
953 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
954 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
955 return true;
956 }
957
958 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
959 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
960 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
961 return true;
962 }
963
964 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
965 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
966
967 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
968 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
969 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
970 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
971 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
972 return true;
973 }
974
975 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
976 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
977 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
979
980 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
981 /// Idx).
982 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
983 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
984 unsigned &Cost) const {
985 return false;
986 }
987
988 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
989 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
990 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
991 /// this is true.
993 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
994 return false;
995 }
996
997 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
998 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
999 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
1000 return false;
1001 }
1002
1003 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1004 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1005 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1006 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
1007
1008 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1009 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1010 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1011 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
1012
1013 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
1014 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
1015 EVT VT) const;
1016
1017 /// Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls. Comparison libcalls include
1018 /// floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered check calls on
1019 /// floating point numbers.
1021 return MVT::i32; // return the default value
1022 }
1023
1024 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1025 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1026 ///
1027 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1028 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1029 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1030 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1031 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1032 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1033 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1034 ///
1035 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1036 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1037 BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const {
1038 if (isVec)
1039 return BooleanVectorContents;
1040 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1041 }
1042
1044 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1045 }
1046
1047 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1048 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1049 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1050 ///
1051 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1053 EVT ValVT) const {
1054 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1055 EVT BoolVT =
1056 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1058 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1059 }
1060
1061 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1063 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1064 }
1065
1066 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1067 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1068 /// the given node.
1070 return Sched::None;
1071 }
1072
1073 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1074 /// type.
1075 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1076 (void)isDivergent;
1077 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1078 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1079 return RC;
1080 }
1081
1082 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1083 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1084 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1086 const Value *) const {
1087 return false;
1088 }
1089
1090 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1091 /// type.
1092 ///
1093 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1094 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1095 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1096 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1097 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1098 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1099 return RC;
1100 }
1101
1102 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1103 /// value type.
1105 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1106 }
1107
1108 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1109 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1115 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1117 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1118 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1121 }
1122
1123 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1124 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1125 /// promotions or expansions.
1126 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1127 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1128 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1129 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1130 }
1131
1133 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1134 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1135 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1136
1137 public:
1138 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1139
1141 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1142 }
1143
1145 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1146 }
1147 };
1148
1150 return ValueTypeActions;
1151 }
1152
1153 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1154 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1155 ///
1156 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1157 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1158 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1159 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1160 ///
1161 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1162 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1163 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1164 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1165 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1166 /// integer type to transform to.
1167 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1168
1169 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1170 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1171 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1172 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1174 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1175 }
1177 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1178 }
1179
1180 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1181 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1182 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1183 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1184 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1185 /// to transform to.
1186 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1187 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1188 }
1189
1190 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1191 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1193 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1194 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1195 VT = LegalVT;
1196 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1197 }
1198 return LegalVT;
1199 }
1200
1201 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1202 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1203 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1204 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1205 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1206 assert(!VT.isVector());
1207 while (true) {
1208 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1209 case TypeLegal:
1210 return VT;
1211 case TypeExpandInteger:
1212 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1213 break;
1214 default:
1215 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1216 }
1217 }
1218 }
1219
1220 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1221 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1222 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1223 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1224 ///
1225 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1226 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1227 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1229 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1230 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1231 MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1232 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, IntermediateVT,
1233 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT,
1234 /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1235 }
1236
1237 /// Return true if fixed-length, non-power-of-two vectors should be broken
1238 /// down into legal vector parts instead of scalars for internal values.
1240 return false;
1241 }
1242
1243 bool shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(EVT VT, bool ForCallingConv) const {
1244 return preferVectorizedNonPowerOfTwoTypeBreakdown() && !ForCallingConv &&
1245 VT.isFixedLengthVector() &&
1247 }
1248
1249 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1250 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1251 /// vector type is legal.
1253 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1254 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1255 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, IntermediateVT,
1256 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT,
1257 /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1258 }
1259
1261 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1262 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1263
1264 // value representing memory location
1266
1267 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1268 // unknown address space.
1269 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1270
1271 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1272 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1273 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1274 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1275
1280 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1281 };
1282
1283 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1284 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it stores
1285 /// the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo vector passed to the
1286 /// function. The vector may contain multiple entries for intrinsics that
1287 /// access multiple memory locations.
1289 const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF,
1290 unsigned Intrinsic) const {}
1291
1292 /// Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP
1293 /// immediate natively. If false, the legalizer will materialize the FP
1294 /// immediate as a load from a constant pool.
1295 virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1296 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1297 return false;
1298 }
1299
1300 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1301 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1302 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1303 /// legal.
1304 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1305 return true;
1306 }
1307
1308 /// Returns true if the operation can trap for the value type.
1309 ///
1310 /// VT must be a legal type. By default, we optimistically assume most
1311 /// operations don't trap except for integer divide and remainder.
1312 virtual bool canOpTrap(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const;
1313
1314 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1315 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1316 /// constant pool entry.
1318 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1319 return false;
1320 }
1321
1322 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1324 return Legal;
1325 }
1326
1327 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1328 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1329 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1331 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1332 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1333 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1334 return Custom;
1335 if (VT.isExtended())
1336 return Expand;
1337 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1338 }
1339
1340 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1341 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1342 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1343 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1344 unsigned Scale) const {
1345 return false;
1346 }
1347
1348 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1349 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1350 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1351 /// depend on scale.
1353 unsigned Scale) const {
1354 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1355 if (Action != Legal)
1356 return Action;
1357
1358 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1359 // scales.
1360 bool Supported;
1361 switch (Op) {
1362 default:
1363 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1364 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1365 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1366 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1367 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1368 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1369 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1370 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1371 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1372 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1373 break;
1374 }
1375
1376 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1377 }
1378
1379 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1380 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1382 unsigned EqOpc;
1383 switch (Op) {
1384 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1385#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1386 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1387#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1388 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1389#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1390 }
1391
1392 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1393 }
1394
1395 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1396 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1397 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1398 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1400 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1401 if (LegalOnly)
1402 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1403
1404 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1405 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1406 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1407 }
1408
1409 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1410 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1411 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1412 /// pre and post legalisation.
1414 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1415 if (LegalOnly)
1416 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1417
1418 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1419 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1420 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1421 }
1422
1423 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1424 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1425 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1426 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1428 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1429 if (LegalOnly)
1430 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1431
1432 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1433 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1434 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1435 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1436 }
1437
1438 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1439 /// the type is legal or not.
1440 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1441 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1442 }
1443
1444 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1445 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1446 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1447 return false;
1448
1449 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1451 }
1452
1453 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1454 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1455 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1456 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1457 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1458 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1459 return Range <= BW;
1460 }
1461
1462 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1463 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1464 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1466 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1467
1468 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1469 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1470 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1471
1472 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1473 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1474 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1475 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1476 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1479 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1480 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1481 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1482 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1483 // build bit tests.
1484
1485 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1486 // machine word.
1487 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1488 return false;
1489
1490 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1491 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1492 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1493 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1494 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1495 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1496 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1497 }
1498
1499 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1500 // be Arch Target specific.
1501 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1502 return false;
1503
1504 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1505 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1506 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1507 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1508 // better.
1509 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1510 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1511 }
1512
1513 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1514 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1515 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1516 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1517 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1518 }
1519
1520 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1521 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1522 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1523 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1524 }
1525
1526 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1527 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1528 }
1529
1530 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1531 /// through `setLoadExtAction` and `setAtomicLoadExtAction`) yield
1532 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1533 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1534 /// types.
1535 virtual LegalizeAction
1536 getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1537 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1539 }
1540
1541 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1542 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1543 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1544 LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1545 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1546 bool Atomic) const {
1547 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1548 return Expand;
1549 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1550 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1552 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1553 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1554
1555 LegalizeAction Action;
1556 if (Atomic) {
1557 Action =
1558 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1559 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1560 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1561 } else {
1562 Action = (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1563 }
1564
1565 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1566 return getCustomLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType,
1567 Atomic);
1568 }
1569
1570 return Action;
1571 }
1572
1573 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1574 bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1575 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1576 return getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic) ==
1577 Legal;
1578 }
1579
1580 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1581 /// on this target.
1582 bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1583 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1584 bool Atomic) const {
1585 LegalizeAction Action =
1586 getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic);
1587 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1588 }
1589
1590 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1591 /// through `setTruncStoreAction` yield
1592 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1593 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1594 /// types.
1596 Align Alignment,
1597 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1599 }
1600
1601 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1602 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1603 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1605 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1606 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1607 return Expand;
1608 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1609 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1611 "Table isn't big enough!");
1612
1613 LegalizeAction Action = TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1614
1615 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1616 return getCustomTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1617 }
1618
1619 return Action;
1620 }
1621
1622 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1623 /// target.
1624 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1625 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1626 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1627 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace) == Legal;
1628 }
1629
1630 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1631 /// target.
1632 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1633 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1634 if (!isTypeLegal(ValVT))
1635 return false;
1636
1637 LegalizeAction Action =
1638 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1639 return (Action == Legal || Action == Custom);
1640 }
1641
1642 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1643 unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const {
1644 if (LegalOnly)
1645 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1646
1647 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1648 }
1649
1650 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1651 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1652 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1653 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1654 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1655 }
1656
1657 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1658 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1659 return VT.isSimple() &&
1660 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1661 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1662 }
1663
1664 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1665 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1666 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1667 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1668 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1669 }
1670
1671 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1672 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1673 return VT.isSimple() &&
1674 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1675 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1676 }
1677
1678 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1679 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1680 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1681 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1682 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1683 }
1684
1685 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1686 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1687 return VT.isSimple() &&
1688 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1690 }
1691
1692 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1693 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1694 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1695 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1696 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1697 }
1698
1699 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1700 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1701 return VT.isSimple() &&
1702 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1704 }
1705
1706 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1707 /// extending
1708 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1709
1710 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1711 // on this target.
1712 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1713 return false;
1714 }
1715
1716 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1717 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1718 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1720 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1721 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1722 // element size.
1723 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1724 return false;
1725 return true;
1726 }
1727
1728 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1729 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1730 /// expander for it.
1733 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1734 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1735 "Table isn't big enough!");
1736 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1737 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1738 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1739 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1740 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1741 return Action;
1742 }
1743
1744 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1745 /// the specified types on this target.
1746 bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const {
1747 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1748 }
1749
1750 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1751 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1753 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1754 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1755 }
1756
1757 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1758 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1759 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1760 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1762 EVT InputVT) const {
1765 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1766 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1767 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1768 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1769 }
1770
1771 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1772 /// legal or custom for this target.
1774 EVT InputVT) const {
1775 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1776 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1777 }
1778
1779 /// Return how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
1780 /// given interleave factor and VT should be handled.
1782 EVT VT) const {
1784 VectorInterleaveActionKey Key = {Opc, Factor, VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1785 auto It = VectorInterleaveActions.find(Key);
1786 return It != VectorInterleaveActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1787 }
1788
1789 /// Return true if a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
1790 /// given interleave factor and fragment type is legal or custom.
1791 bool isVectorInterleaveLegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor,
1792 EVT VT) const {
1793 LegalizeAction Action = getVectorInterleaveAction(Opc, Factor, VT);
1794 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1795 }
1796
1797 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1798 /// ValueType to promote to.
1799 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1801 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1802
1803 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1804 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1806 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1807 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1808
1809 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1810 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1811
1812 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1813 MVT NVT = VT;
1814 do {
1815 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1816 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1817 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1818 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1819 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1820 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1821 return NVT;
1822 }
1823
1825 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1826 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1827 }
1828
1829 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1830 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1831 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1832 /// otherwise it will assert.
1834 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1835 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1836 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1837 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1838
1839 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1840 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1841 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1842 EVT EltVT;
1843 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1844 EltVT = getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1845 else
1846 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1847 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1848 }
1849
1850 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1851 }
1852
1854 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1855 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1856 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1857 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1858
1859 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1860 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1861 EVT EltVT;
1862 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1863 EltVT = getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1864 else
1865 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1866 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1867 }
1868
1869 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1870 }
1871
1872
1873 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1875 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1876 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1877 }
1878
1879 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1880 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1881 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1882
1883 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1884 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1885 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1886 }
1887
1888 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1889 /// require.
1890 ///
1891 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1892 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1893 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1894 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1895 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1896 ///
1897 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1898 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1899 virtual unsigned
1901 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1902 return getNumRegistersImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/false);
1903 }
1904
1905 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1906 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1907 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1909 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1910 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1911 }
1912
1913 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1914 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1915 /// integer register set.
1917 CallingConv::ID CC,
1918 EVT VT) const {
1919 return getNumRegistersImpl(Context, VT, /*ForCallingConv=*/true);
1920 }
1921
1922 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1923 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1925 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1926 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1927 }
1928
1929 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1930 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1931 /// reduce runtime.
1932 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1933
1934 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1935 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1936 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1937 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1938 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1940 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1941 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1942 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1943 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1944 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1945 return false;
1946
1947 return true;
1948 }
1949
1950 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1951 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1952 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1953
1954 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1955 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1956 /// size.
1958 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1959 }
1960
1961 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
1962 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
1963 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
1965 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
1966 }
1967
1968 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
1969 /// perform for the specified node.
1971 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
1972 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
1973 }
1974
1977 }
1978
1979 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
1980 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
1981 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
1982 }
1983
1984 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
1985 ///
1986 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1987 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
1988 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1989 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1990 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
1991
1992 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
1993 ///
1994 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1995 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
1996 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1997 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1998 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
1999
2000 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
2001 ///
2002 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2003 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
2004 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
2005 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
2007 }
2008
2009 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
2010 ///
2011 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
2012 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
2013 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2014 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2015 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
2017 }
2018
2019 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
2020 ///
2021 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2022 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
2023 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2024 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2025 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
2026
2027 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
2028 ///
2029 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
2030 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
2031 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
2032 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
2033 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
2034 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
2035 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
2036 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
2038 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2040 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2041 return false;
2042 }
2043
2044 /// LLT handling variant.
2046 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2048 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2049 return false;
2050 }
2051
2052 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2053 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2054 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2055 /// access (as defined by the target).
2056 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2057 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2058 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2060 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2061
2062 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2063 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2064 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2065 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2066 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2067 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2068 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2069 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2070
2071 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2072 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2073 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2074 /// the target).
2075 virtual bool
2076 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2077 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2079 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2080
2081 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2082 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2083 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2084 /// target).
2085 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2086 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2087 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2088
2089 /// LLT handling variant.
2090 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2091 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2092 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2093
2094 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2095 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2096 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2097 /// target-independent logic.
2098 virtual EVT
2100 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2101 return MVT::Other;
2102 }
2103
2104 /// LLT returning variant.
2105 virtual LLT
2107 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2108 return LLT();
2109 }
2110
2111 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2112 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2113 ///
2114 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2115 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2116 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2117 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2118 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2119
2120 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2121 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2122
2123 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2124 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2125
2126 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2127 /// Zero if no limit.
2128 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2129
2130 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2131
2132 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2133 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2134
2135 /// Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for
2136 /// scalable vectors.
2138 return MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
2139 }
2140
2141 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2142 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2144 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2145 }
2146
2147 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2148 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2149 virtual Register
2151 const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2152 return Register();
2153 }
2154
2155 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2156 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2157 virtual Register
2159 const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2160 return Register();
2161 }
2162
2163 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2164 reportFatalUsageError("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2165 }
2166
2167 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2169 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2170 }
2171
2172 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2173 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2174
2175 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2176 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2177
2178 /// Return the preferred loop alignment.
2179 virtual Align getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr) const;
2180
2181 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2182 /// alignment
2183 virtual unsigned
2184 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2185
2186 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2187 /// MinSize).
2188 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2189
2190 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2191 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2192 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2193 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2194 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2195 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2196
2197 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2198 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2199 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M,
2200 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2201
2202 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2203 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2204 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2205 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M,
2206 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2207
2208 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the
2209 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2210 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2211 /// if this returns true.
2212 virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const { return false; }
2213
2214 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2215 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2216 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2217 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2218 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M,
2219 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2220
2221protected:
2222 Value *getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2223 bool UseTLS) const;
2224
2225public:
2226 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2227 virtual Value *
2228 getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2229 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2230
2231 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2232 /// string if not applicable.
2233 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2234
2235 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2236
2238 return "";
2239 }
2240
2241 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2242 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2243 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2244 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(unsigned SrcAS, unsigned DestAS) const;
2245
2246 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2247 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2248 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2249 /// preferred alignment.
2250 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2251 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2252 return false;
2253 }
2254
2255 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2256 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2257 /// @{
2258
2259 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2260 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2261
2262 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2263 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2264 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2265
2266 /// @}
2267
2268 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2269 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2270 /// @{
2271
2272 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2273 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2274 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2275 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2277 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2278 }
2279
2280 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2281 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2283 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2284 }
2285
2286 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2287 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2289 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2290 }
2291
2292 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2293 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2294 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2295 ///
2296 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2297 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2298 /// require a more complex expansion.
2299 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2300
2301 /// Return true if the target supports an atomic access of \p SizeInBytes
2302 /// bytes at the given \p Alignment. The default implementation only allows
2303 /// naturally aligned atomics, unless setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(true) was
2304 /// called.
2305 virtual bool isAtomicAlignmentSupported(Align Alignment,
2306 uint64_t SizeInBytes) const {
2307 return SupportsUnalignedAtomics || Alignment.value() >= SizeInBytes;
2308 }
2309
2310 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2311 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2312 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2313 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2314 return false;
2315 }
2316
2317 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2318 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2319 /// false.
2320 virtual bool
2322 return false;
2323 }
2324
2325 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2326 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2327 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2328 virtual AtomicOrdering
2332
2333 // Whether to issue an atomic load for the initial word value before the
2334 // atomicrmw/cmpxchg emulation loop.
2335 // TODO: For correctness, an atomic load should be issued for all targets.
2336 // Remove this API once this is achieved
2338 return true;
2339 }
2340
2341 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2342 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2343 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2344 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2345 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2346 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2347 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2348 }
2349
2350 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2351 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2353 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2354 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2355 }
2356
2357 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2358 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2359 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2360 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2362 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2363 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2364 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2365 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2366 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2367 }
2368
2369 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2370 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2371 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2372 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2374 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2375 }
2376
2377 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2378 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2380 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2381 }
2382
2383 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2384 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2386 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2387 }
2388
2389 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2391 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2392 }
2393
2394 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2395 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2396 /// stage by the backend.
2399 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2400 }
2401
2402 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2403 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2404 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2407 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2408 }
2409
2410 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2411 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2412 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2413 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2415 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2416 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2417 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2418 }
2419
2420 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2421 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2422 /// @{
2423
2426 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2427 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2428 }
2429
2430 /// @}
2431
2432 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2433 /// \name Speculative load lowering.
2434 /// @{
2435
2436 /// Emit code to check if a speculative load of the given size from Ptr is
2437 /// safe. Returns a Value* representing the check result (i1), or nullptr
2438 /// to use the default lowering (which returns false). Targets can override
2439 /// to provide their own safety check (e.g., alignment-based page boundary
2440 /// check).
2441 /// \param Builder IRBuilder positioned at the intrinsic call site
2442 /// \param Ptr the pointer operand
2443 /// \param Size the size in bytes (constant or runtime value for scalable)
2445 Value *Size) const {
2446 return nullptr;
2447 }
2448
2449 /// @}
2450
2451 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2452 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2453 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2454 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2455 ///
2456 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2457 /// may be performed.
2458 ///
2459 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2460 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2461 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2462 ///
2463 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2464 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2465 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2466 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2467 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2468 /// seq_cst store).
2469 /// @{
2470 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2471 Instruction *Inst,
2472 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2473
2474 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2475 Instruction *Inst,
2476 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2477 /// @}
2478
2479 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2480 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2481 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2482 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2483 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2484 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2485 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2486
2487 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2488 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2489 return IsSigned;
2490 }
2491
2492 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2493 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2494 return true;
2495 }
2496
2497 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2498 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2502
2503 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2504 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2510
2511 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2512 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2513 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2517
2518 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2519 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2520 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2522 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2525 }
2526
2527 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2528 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2529 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2533
2534 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2535 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. Default is to never expand.
2536 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2538 if (RMW->isFloatingPointOperation())
2540 if (RMW->getType()->isVectorTy())
2543 }
2544
2545 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2546 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2547 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2549 Type *ValTy = RMWI->getValOperand()->getType();
2550 if (RMWI->getOperation() == AtomicRMWInst::Xchg &&
2551 (ValTy->isFloatingPointTy() || ValTy->isPointerTy() ||
2552 ValTy->isVectorTy()))
2554
2556 }
2557
2558 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2559 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2560 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2561 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2562 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2563 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2564 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2565 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2566 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2567 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2568 /// another round of expansion.
2569 virtual LoadInst *
2571 return nullptr;
2572 }
2573
2574 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2575 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2577 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2578 }
2579
2580 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2581 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2582 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2583 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2584 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2585 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2586 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2587 /// extension.
2589 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2590 }
2591
2592 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2593 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2595 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2596 }
2597
2598 /// @}
2599
2600 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2601 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2602 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2603 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2604 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2605 /// \p VT is the type of the select (and X and Y). \p CCVT is the type of its
2606 /// condition (N0 and N1).
2608 EVT CCVT) const {
2609 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2610 // operations on those registers.
2612 return false;
2613 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2614 // registers.
2615 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2616 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2617 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2618 }
2619
2620 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2621
2622 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2623 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2624 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2625 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2626 return false;
2627 }
2628
2629 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2630 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2631 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2632 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2633 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2635 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2636 return false;
2637 }
2638
2639 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2640 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2641 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2642 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2643 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2644 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2645 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2646 /// decide.
2647 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2649 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2650 return true;
2651 }
2652
2653 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2654 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2655 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2656 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2657 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2658 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2659 bool IsSigned) const {
2660 return false;
2661 }
2662
2663 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2664 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2665 /// considered beneficial.
2666 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2667 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2668 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2669 if (Exponent < 0)
2670 Exponent = -Exponent;
2671 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2672 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2673 }
2674
2675 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2676 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2677 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2678 //
2679protected:
2680 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2681 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2683 BooleanContents = Ty;
2684 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2685 }
2686
2687 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2688 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2690 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2691 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2692 }
2693
2694 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2695 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2697 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2698 }
2699
2700 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2702 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2703 }
2704
2705 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2706 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2707
2708 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2709 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2710 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2711
2712 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2713 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2714
2715 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2716 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2718 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2719 }
2720
2721 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2722 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2723 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2724 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2725 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2726 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2727 }
2728
2729 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2730 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2731 /// control.
2732 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2733
2734 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2735 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2736 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2737 }
2738
2739 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2740 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2741 /// that class natively.
2743 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2744 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2745 }
2746
2747 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2748 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2749 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2750 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2751
2752 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2753 /// derived properties we expose.
2754 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2755
2756 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2757 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2758 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2759 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2760 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2761 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2762 }
2764 LegalizeAction Action) {
2765 for (auto Op : Ops)
2766 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2767 }
2769 LegalizeAction Action) {
2770 for (auto VT : VTs)
2771 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2772 }
2773
2774 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2775 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2776 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2777 LegalizeAction Action) {
2778 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2779 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2780 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2781 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2782 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2783 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2784 }
2785 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2786 LegalizeAction Action) {
2787 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2788 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2789 }
2791 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2792 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2793 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2794 }
2795
2796 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2797 /// is legal.
2798 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2799 LegalizeAction Action) {
2800 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2801 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2802 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2803 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2804 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2805 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2806 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2807 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2808 }
2810 LegalizeAction Action) {
2811 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2812 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2813 }
2815 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2816 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2817 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2818 }
2819
2820 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2821 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2822 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2823 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2824 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2825 }
2826
2827 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2828 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2829 ///
2830 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2831 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2833 LegalizeAction Action) {
2834 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2835 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2836 }
2837
2839 LegalizeAction Action) {
2840 for (auto VT : VTs)
2841 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2842 }
2843
2844 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2845 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2846 ///
2847 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2848 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2850 LegalizeAction Action) {
2851 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2852 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2853 }
2854
2856 LegalizeAction Action) {
2857 for (auto VT : VTs)
2858 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2859 }
2860
2861 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2862 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2863 ///
2864 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2865 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2866 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2867 LegalizeAction Action) {
2868 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2869 }
2870
2871 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2872 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2873 ///
2874 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2875 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2876 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2877 LegalizeAction Action) {
2878 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2879 }
2880
2881 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2882 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2884 LegalizeAction Action) {
2885 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2886 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2887 "Table isn't big enough!");
2888 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2889 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2890 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2891 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2892 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2893 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2894 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2895 }
2896 }
2898 LegalizeAction Action) {
2899 for (auto VT : VTs)
2900 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2901 }
2902
2903 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2904 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2905 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2906 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2907 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2908 LegalizeAction Action) {
2911 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2912 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2913 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2914 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2915 }
2917 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2918 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2919 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2920 }
2921
2922 /// Indicate how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the
2923 /// given interleave factor Factor and type VT should be treated.
2924 void setVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, MVT VT,
2925 LegalizeAction Action) {
2927 VectorInterleaveActionKey Key = {Opc, Factor, VT.SimpleTy};
2928 VectorInterleaveActions[Key] = Action;
2929 }
2930
2932 ArrayRef<unsigned> Factors, MVT VT,
2933 LegalizeAction Action) {
2934 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2935 for (unsigned Factor : Factors)
2936 setVectorInterleaveAction(Opc, Factor, VT, Action);
2937 }
2938
2939 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
2940 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
2941 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
2942 /// the default.
2943 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2944 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
2945 }
2946
2947 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
2948 /// in a single call.
2949 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2950 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
2951 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
2952 }
2954 MVT DestVT) {
2955 for (auto Op : Ops) {
2956 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
2957 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
2958 }
2959 }
2960
2961 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
2962 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
2963 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
2965 for (auto NT : NTs) {
2966 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
2967 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
2968 }
2969 }
2970
2971 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
2973 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2974 }
2975
2976 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
2977 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
2979 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2980 }
2981
2982 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
2983 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
2984 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
2985 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
2986 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
2987 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
2988 }
2989
2990 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2992 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
2993 }
2994
2995 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
2996 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
2997 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2998 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2999 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3000 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
3001 }
3002
3003 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
3004 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3005 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3006 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
3007 }
3008
3009 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
3010 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3011 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3012 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
3013 }
3014
3015 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
3016 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
3017 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
3018 }
3019
3020 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
3021 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
3022 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
3023 }
3024
3025public:
3026 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3027 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
3028 //
3029
3030 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
3031 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
3032 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
3033 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
3034 /// load/store.
3035 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
3036 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
3037 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
3038 return false;
3039 }
3040
3041 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
3042 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
3043 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
3044 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
3045 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
3046 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
3047 /// no scale.
3048 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
3049 struct AddrMode {
3051 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
3052 bool HasBaseReg = false;
3053 int64_t Scale = 0;
3054 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
3055 AddrMode() = default;
3056 };
3057
3058 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
3059 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
3060 ///
3061 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
3062 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
3063 /// pre/postinc as well.
3064 ///
3065 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
3066 ///
3067 /// TODO: Remove default argument
3068 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
3069 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
3070 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
3071
3072 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
3073 /// storage (TLS).
3074 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
3075 return false;
3076 }
3077
3078 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
3079 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
3080 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
3081 return 0;
3082 }
3083
3084 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
3085 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
3086 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3087 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
3088 return true;
3089 }
3090
3091 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
3092 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
3093 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3094 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
3095 return true;
3096 }
3097
3098 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
3099 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
3100 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
3101 /// immediate into a register.
3102 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
3103
3104 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
3105 /// store instruction.
3106 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
3107 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
3108 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
3109 return Value == 0;
3110 }
3111
3112 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3113 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3114 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3115 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3116 /// registers.
3118 return nullptr;
3119 }
3120
3121 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3122 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3123 /// 'To'.
3124 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3125 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3126 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3127 }
3128
3129 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3130 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3131 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3132 switch (Opcode) {
3133 case ISD::ADD:
3134 case ISD::SMIN:
3135 case ISD::SMAX:
3136 case ISD::UMIN:
3137 case ISD::UMAX:
3138 case ISD::MUL:
3139 case ISD::CLMUL:
3140 case ISD::CLMULH:
3141 case ISD::CLMULR:
3142 case ISD::MULHU:
3143 case ISD::MULHS:
3144 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3145 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3146 case ISD::FADD:
3147 case ISD::FMUL:
3148 case ISD::AND:
3149 case ISD::OR:
3150 case ISD::XOR:
3151 case ISD::SADDO:
3152 case ISD::UADDO:
3153 case ISD::ADDC:
3154 case ISD::ADDE:
3155 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3156 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3157 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3158 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3159 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3160 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3161 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3162 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3163 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3164 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3165 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3166 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3167 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3168 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3169 case ISD::ABDS:
3170 case ISD::ABDU:
3171 return true;
3172 default: return false;
3173 }
3174 }
3175
3176 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3177 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3178 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3179 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3180 return true;
3181 // These are non-commutative binops.
3182 switch (Opcode) {
3183 case ISD::SUB:
3184 case ISD::SHL:
3185 case ISD::SRL:
3186 case ISD::SRA:
3187 case ISD::ROTL:
3188 case ISD::ROTR:
3189 case ISD::SDIV:
3190 case ISD::UDIV:
3191 case ISD::SREM:
3192 case ISD::UREM:
3193 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3194 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3195 case ISD::FSUB:
3196 case ISD::FDIV:
3197 case ISD::FREM:
3198 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMIN:
3199 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMAX:
3200 return true;
3201 default:
3202 return false;
3203 }
3204 }
3205
3206 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3207 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3208 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3209 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3210 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3211 return false;
3212 }
3213
3214 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3215 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3216 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3217 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3218 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3219 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3220 return false;
3221 }
3222
3223 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3224 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3225 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3226 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3227 }
3228
3229 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3230 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3231 // Fallback to type matching.
3232 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3233 }
3234
3235 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3236
3237 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3238 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3239 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3240 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3241 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3242 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3243 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3244 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3245 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3246 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3247 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3248 case Instruction::FPExt:
3249 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3250 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3251 return true;
3252 break;
3253 case Instruction::ZExt:
3254 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3255 return true;
3256 break;
3257 case Instruction::SExt:
3258 break;
3259 default:
3260 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3261 }
3262 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3263 }
3264
3265 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3266 /// For example, in AArch64
3267 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3268 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3269 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3270 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3271 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3272 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3273 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3274 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3275
3276 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3277 // probably isn't free.
3278 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3279 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3280 return false;
3281
3282 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3283 unsigned LType;
3284 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3285 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3286 else {
3287 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3288 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3289 }
3290
3291 return isLoadLegal(VT, LoadVT, Load->getAlign(),
3292 Load->getPointerAddressSpace(), LType, false);
3293 }
3294
3295 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3296 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3297 ///
3298 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3299 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3300 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3301 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3302 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3303 /// does not deal with those cases.
3304 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3305 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3306 return false;
3307 }
3308
3309 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3310 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3311 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3312 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3313 }
3314
3315 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3316 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3317 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3318 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3319 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3320 }
3321
3322 /// Return true is an anyext is free from FromTy to ToTy. Usually true for
3323 /// scalar types when not trying to pack elements into vector lanes.
3324 virtual bool isAnyExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3325 return !FromTy.isVector();
3326 }
3327
3328 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3329 /// zero-extension.
3330 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3331 return false;
3332 }
3333
3334 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3335 /// a larger type.
3336 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3337
3338 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3339 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3340 virtual bool
3342 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3343 return false;
3344 }
3345
3346 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3347 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3348 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3349 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3350 ///
3351 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3352 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3353 /// paired load.
3354 /// For instance, something like this:
3355 /// a = load i64* addr
3356 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3357 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3358 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3359 /// will be optimized into:
3360 /// b = load i32* addr1
3361 /// d = load i32* addr2
3362 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3363 ///
3364 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3365 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3366 /// loads.
3367 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3368 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3369 return false;
3370 }
3371
3372 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3373 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3374
3375 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3376 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3377 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3378
3379 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3380 /// true on success.
3381 ///
3382 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3383 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3384 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3385 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3386 /// result is uncondiitional.
3387 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3388 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3389 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3390 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3391 /// accessed.
3394 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3395 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3396 return false;
3397 }
3398
3399 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3400 /// true on success.
3401 ///
3402 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3403 /// or a vp.store.
3404 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3405 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3406 /// result is unconditional.
3407 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3408 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3409 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3410 /// accessed.
3412 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3413 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3414 return false;
3415 }
3416
3417 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3418 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3419 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3420 ///
3421 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3422 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3423 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3424 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3425 /// accessed.
3427 IntrinsicInst *DI,
3428 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3429 return false;
3430 }
3431
3432 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3433 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3434 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3435 ///
3436 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3437 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3438 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3439 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3440 /// result is uncondiitional.
3441 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3442 virtual bool
3444 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3445 return false;
3446 }
3447
3448 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3449 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3450 /// double-precision).
3451 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3452 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3453 "invalid fpext types");
3454 return false;
3455 }
3456
3457 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3458 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3459 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3460 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3461 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3462 return false;
3463 }
3464
3465 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3466 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3467 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3468 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3469 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3470 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3471 "invalid fpext types");
3472 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3473 }
3474
3475 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3476 /// extend node) is profitable.
3477 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3478
3479 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3480 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3481 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3482 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3483 return false;
3484 }
3485
3486 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3487 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3488 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3489 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3490 return false;
3491 }
3492
3493 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3494 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3495 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3496 ///
3497 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3498 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3499 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3500 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3501 ///
3502 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3503 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3505 EVT) const {
3506 return false;
3507 }
3508
3509 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3510 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3511 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3512 ///
3513 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3514 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3515 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3516 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3518 LLT) const {
3519 return false;
3520 }
3521
3522 /// IR version
3523 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3524 return false;
3525 }
3526
3527 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3528 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3529 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3530 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3531 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3532 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3533 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3534 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3535 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3536 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3537 case 16:
3538 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3539 case 32:
3540 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3541 case 64:
3542 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3543 default:
3544 break;
3545 }
3546
3547 return false;
3548 }
3549
3550 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3551 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3552 /// fadd/fsub.
3553 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3554 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3555 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3556 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3557 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3558 }
3559
3560 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3561 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3563 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3564 return false;
3565 }
3566
3567 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3568 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3569 /// i32 to i16.
3570 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3571 return false;
3572 }
3573
3574 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3575 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3576 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3577 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3578 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3579 SDValue X,
3580 SDValue Y) const {
3581 return false;
3582 }
3583
3584 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3585 /// just the constant itself.
3586 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3587 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3588 /// from a constant pool.
3590 Type *Ty) const {
3591 return false;
3592 }
3593
3594 /// Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type \p ResVT from a vector
3595 /// of type \p SrcVT, starting at element \p Index.
3596 ///
3597 /// Most callers only create a new EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR when the cost is at most
3598 /// ExtractSubvectorCost::Cheap. This hook exists because EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
3599 /// usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of the first
3600 /// element, so only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3602 unsigned Index) const {
3604 }
3605
3606 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3607 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3608 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3609 return false;
3610 }
3611
3612 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3613 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3614 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3615 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3616 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3617 return false;
3618 }
3619
3620 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3621 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3622 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3623 /// matching of other patterns.
3624 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3625 bool MathUsed) const {
3626 // Form it if it is legal.
3627 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3628 return true;
3629
3630 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3631 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3632 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3633 return false;
3634
3635 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3636 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3637 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3638 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3639 // concrete users.
3640 if (VT.isVector())
3641 return false;
3642 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3643 }
3644
3645 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3646 // for the given \p VT.
3648 EVT VT) const {
3649 return false;
3650 }
3651
3652 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3653 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3654 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3655 return false;
3656 }
3657
3658 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3659 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3660 // same blocks of its users.
3661 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3662
3663 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3664 /// amount is not profitable.
3665 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3666 return false;
3667 }
3668
3669 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3670 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3672 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3673 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3674 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3675 }
3676
3677 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3678 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3679 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3680
3681 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type
3682 /// VT. Used when folding idioms into a saturating fp-to-int conversion, such
3683 /// as min(max(fptoi)) clamps or NaN-guarded selects.
3684 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3685 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3686 }
3687
3688 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3690 return false;
3691 }
3692
3693 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3694 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3695 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3696 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3697 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3698 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3699 return false;
3700 }
3701
3702 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3703 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3705 EVT PtrVT) const {
3706 return false;
3707 }
3708
3709 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3710 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3711
3712 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3713 /// and type
3716 return false;
3717 }
3718
3719 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3720 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3721 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3722 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3723 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3724 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3725 EVT ToVT) const {
3726 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3727 return Op;
3728 switch (Op) {
3729 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3731 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3732 break;
3736 break;
3737 default:
3738 break;
3739 }
3740 return Op;
3741 }
3742
3743 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3744 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3745 /// returned.
3748 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3749 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3750 return nullptr;
3751 }
3752
3754 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3755 }
3756
3757 const LibcallLoweringInfo &getLibcallLoweringInfo() const { return Libcalls; }
3758
3759 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3760 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3761 }
3762
3763 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3764 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3765 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3766 }
3767
3768 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3769 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3770 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3771 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3772 }
3773
3774 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3778
3779 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const { return Libcalls.getMemcpyImpl(); }
3780
3781 /// Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise
3782 /// RTLIB::Unsupported.
3783 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const {
3784 return RuntimeLibcallInfo.getSupportedLibcallImpl(FuncName);
3785 }
3786
3787 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall
3788 /// implementation.
3790 return Libcalls.getLibcallImplCallingConv(Call);
3791 }
3792
3793 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3794 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3796 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3797 }
3798
3799 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3800 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3801 /// the set of reserved registers.
3802 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3803 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3804
3805 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3806 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3807 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3808
3809 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3810 // GlobalISel Hooks
3811 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3812 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3813 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3814
3815
3816private:
3817 const TargetMachine &TM;
3818
3819 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3820 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3821 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3822 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3823 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3824
3825 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3826 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3827 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3828 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3829 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3830
3831 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3832 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3833 /// predication.
3834 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3835
3836 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3837 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3838 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3839
3840 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3841 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3842 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3843
3844 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3845 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3846 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3847
3848 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3849 /// register usage.
3850 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3851
3852 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3853 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3854
3855 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3856 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3857 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3858
3859 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3860 /// optimizing for speed).
3861 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3862
3863 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3864 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3865 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3866 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3867
3868 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3869 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3870 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3871
3872 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3873 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3874 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3875
3876 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3877 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3878 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3879 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3880
3881 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3882 /// backend supports.
3883 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3884
3885 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3886 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3887
3888 /// Maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable
3889 /// vectors.
3890 unsigned MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
3891
3892 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3893 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3894
3895 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3896 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3897 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3898
3899 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3900 /// target supports natively.
3901 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3902 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3903 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3904
3905 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3906 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3907 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3908 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3909 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3910 /// representative class would be GR32.
3911 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3912
3913 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3914 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3915 /// pressure.
3916 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3917
3918 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3919 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3920 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3921 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3922 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3923 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3924
3925 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3926 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3927 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3928 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3929 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3930 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3931
3932 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3933 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3934 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3935 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3936 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3937
3938 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3939 /// (default) values are supported.
3940 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3941
3942 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3943 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3944 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3945
3946 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
3947 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
3948 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
3949 ///
3950 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
3951 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
3952 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
3953
3954 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
3955 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
3956 ///
3957 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
3958 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
3959 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
3960 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
3961
3963 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
3964 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
3965 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
3966 /// deal with this operation.
3967 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
3968
3970 std::tuple<unsigned, unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
3971 /// For each vector (de)interleave opcode, interleave factor and fragment
3972 /// type combination, keep the corresponding LegalizeAction.
3973 DenseMap<VectorInterleaveActionKey, LegalizeAction> VectorInterleaveActions;
3974
3975 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
3976
3977private:
3978 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
3979 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
3980 /// array.
3981 unsigned char
3982 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
3983
3984 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
3985 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
3986 /// array.
3987 ///
3988 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
3989 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
3990 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
3991 PromoteToType;
3992
3993 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3994 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3995
3996 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
3997 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3998 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
3999
4000 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
4001 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
4002 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
4003 IMAB_Store = 0,
4004 IMAB_Load = 4,
4005 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
4006 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
4007 };
4008
4009 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
4010 LegalizeAction Action) {
4011 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
4012 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
4013 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
4014 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
4015 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
4016 }
4017
4018 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
4019 unsigned Shift) const {
4020 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
4021 "Table isn't big enough!");
4022 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
4023 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
4024 }
4025
4026 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4027 EVT &IntermediateVT,
4028 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
4029 MVT &RegisterVT,
4030 bool ForCallingConv) const;
4031
4032 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownMVT(MVT VT, MVT &IntermediateVT,
4033 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
4034 MVT &RegisterVT);
4035
4036 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
4037 MVT getCachedRegisterType(MVT VT) const {
4038 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
4039 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
4040 }
4041
4042 MVT getRegisterTypeImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4043 bool ForCallingConv) const {
4044 if (VT.isSimple() &&
4045 !shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(VT, ForCallingConv))
4046 return getCachedRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
4047 if (VT.isVector()) {
4048 EVT VT1;
4049 MVT RegisterVT;
4050 unsigned NumIntermediates;
4051 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates,
4052 RegisterVT, ForCallingConv);
4053 return RegisterVT;
4054 }
4055 if (VT.isInteger()) {
4056 return getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT),
4057 ForCallingConv);
4058 }
4059 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
4060 }
4061
4062 unsigned getNumRegistersImpl(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
4063 bool ForCallingConv) const {
4064 if (VT.isSimple() &&
4065 !shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(VT, ForCallingConv)) {
4066 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
4067 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
4068 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
4069 }
4070 if (VT.isVector()) {
4071 EVT VT1;
4072 MVT VT2;
4073 unsigned NumIntermediates;
4074 return getVectorTypeBreakdownImpl(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2,
4075 ForCallingConv);
4076 }
4077 if (VT.isInteger()) {
4078 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
4079 unsigned RegWidth =
4080 getRegisterTypeImpl(Context, VT, ForCallingConv).getSizeInBits();
4081 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
4082 }
4083 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
4084 }
4085
4086protected:
4087 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
4088 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
4089 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
4090 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
4091
4092 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
4093 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
4094 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
4095 /// expected to be merged.
4097
4098 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
4099 ///
4100 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
4101 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
4102 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4103 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
4104 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4105 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4106 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
4107 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
4109 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4111
4112 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
4113 ///
4114 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
4115 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
4116 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4117 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
4118 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4119 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4120 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
4121 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4122 /// constant size.
4124 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4126 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
4127 ///
4128 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
4129 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
4130 // vectorization later on.
4132
4133 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
4134 ///
4135 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
4136 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
4137 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
4138 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
4139 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4140 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4141 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
4142 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4143 /// constant size.
4145 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4147
4148 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
4149 ///
4150 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
4151 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
4152 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4153 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
4154 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4155 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4156 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
4157 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
4159 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4161
4162 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
4163 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
4165
4166 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
4168
4169 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
4170 /// register class are all legal.
4171 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
4172 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
4173
4174 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
4175 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
4177 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
4178
4180};
4181
4182/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
4183/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
4184///
4185/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
4186/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
4188public:
4189 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
4190 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
4191
4194
4195 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4196 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4198
4199 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4200
4201 // If set to true, SelectionDAG nodes will be consistently processed in
4202 // topological order. This is a temporary hook until sorting can be
4203 // enabled globally.
4204 virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const { return false; }
4205
4208 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4209 return false;
4210 }
4211
4212 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4213 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4214 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4215 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4216 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4217 // restrict common combiner.
4219 SDValue N1) const {
4220 return N0.hasOneUse();
4221 }
4222
4223 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4224 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4225 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4226 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4227 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4228 // restrict common combiner.
4230 Register N1) const {
4231 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4232 }
4233
4234 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4235 return false;
4236 }
4237
4238 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4239 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4240 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4241 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4242 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4243 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4244 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4245 return false;
4246 }
4247
4248 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4249 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4250 /// post-indexed load / store.
4251 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4252 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4253 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4254 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4255 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4256 return false;
4257 }
4258
4259 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4260 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4261 /// considered for transformation.
4263 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4264 return false;
4265 }
4266
4267 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4268 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4269 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4270
4271 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4272 return getPointerTy(DL);
4273 }
4274
4275 virtual const MCExpr *
4277 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4278 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4279 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4280 }
4281
4282 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4283 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4284 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4285
4286 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4287 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4288 virtual const MCExpr *
4289 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4290 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4291
4292 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4293 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4294 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4295
4296 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4297 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4298 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4299 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4300 ///
4301 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4302 /// lowering to a direct call.
4303 virtual bool
4305 unsigned OpNo) const {
4306 return false;
4307 }
4308
4310 SDValue &Chain) const;
4311
4312 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4313 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4314 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4315 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4316
4317 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4318 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4319 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4320 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4321 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4322
4324 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4325 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4326 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4327 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4328 }
4329
4331 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4332 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4333 SDValue Mask) const {
4334 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4335 }
4336
4337 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4338 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4339 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4340 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4341 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4342 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4343
4344 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4345 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4346 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4347 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4348 const SDLoc &dl,
4349 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const {
4350 return makeLibCall(DAG, getLibcallImpl(LC), RetVT, Ops, CallOptions, dl,
4351 Chain);
4352 }
4353
4354 /// Build a call argument list for \p FuncTy, taking the argument node values
4355 /// from \p Ops and the parameter types and ABI attributes from \p FuncTy and
4356 /// \p FuncAttrs. \p Ops must have one entry per parameter of \p FuncTy.
4357 static ArgListTy getArgListForFunctionType(FunctionType *FuncTy,
4358 const AttributeList &FuncAttrs,
4360
4361 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4362 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4363 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4364 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4365 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4366 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4367 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4368
4369 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4370 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4371 //
4372
4373 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4374 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4375 /// combine.
4382
4384 bool LT, bool LO) :
4385 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4386
4387 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4388 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4389
4391 Old = O;
4392 New = N;
4393 return true;
4394 }
4395 };
4396
4397 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset /
4398 /// memcpy. Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold
4399 /// (Limit). Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0. It returns
4400 /// the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform memset / memcpy by
4401 /// reference. If LargestVT is non-null, the target may set it to the largest
4402 /// EVT that should be used for generating the memset value (e.g., for vector
4403 /// splats). If LargestVT is null or left unchanged, the caller will compute
4404 /// it from MemOps.
4405 virtual bool findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context,
4406 std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4407 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op,
4408 unsigned DstAS, unsigned SrcAS,
4409 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes,
4410 EVT *LargestVT = nullptr) const;
4411
4412 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4413 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4414 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4415 /// true.
4417 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4418 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4419
4420 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4422 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4423
4424 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4425 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4426 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4428 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4429 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4430 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4431 return false;
4432 }
4433
4434 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4435 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4436 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4437 /// widening casts.
4438 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4439 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4440 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4441
4442 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4443 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4444 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4445 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4446 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4447 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4448 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4449 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4450 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4451 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4452 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4453 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4454 /// has multiple uses.
4455 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4456 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4457 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4458 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4459
4460 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4461 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4462 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4463 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4464 unsigned Depth = 0,
4465 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4466
4467 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4468 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4469 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4470 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4471
4472 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4473 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4474 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4475 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4476 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4477
4478 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4479 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4480 /// bitwise ops etc.
4481 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4482 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4483 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4484 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4485
4486 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4487 /// elements.
4488 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4489 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4490 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4491
4492 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4493 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4494 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4495 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4496 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4497 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4498
4499 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4500 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4501 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4502 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4503 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4504 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4505 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4506 /// in the DemandedMask.
4507 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4508 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4509 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4510 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4511 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4512 /// has multiple uses.
4513 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4514 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4515 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4516 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4517
4518 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4519 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4520 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4521 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4522
4523 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4524 /// converting them to undefs.
4525 virtual bool
4527 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4528 return true;
4529 }
4530
4531 /// If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the
4532 /// returned size in bits by converting
4533 /// (op x) to insert_subvector (op (extract_subvector x)).
4534 ///
4535 /// The returned size must be a multiple of the element size, greater than or
4536 /// equal to the demanded part of the vector and less than the original
4537 /// vector size. Return 0 to disable shrinking.
4538 virtual unsigned
4540 const APInt &DemandedElts) const {
4541 return 0;
4542 }
4543
4544 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4545 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4546 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4547 /// requested vector elements.
4548 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4550 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4551 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4552 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4553
4554 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4555 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4556 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4557 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4558 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4560 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4561 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4562 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4563
4564 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4565 Register R,
4567 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4568 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4569 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4570
4571 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4572 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4573 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4574 /// independent from the known low bits.
4575 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4576 Register R,
4577 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4578 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4579
4580 /// Determine known bits of a pointer to a known valid stack object.
4581 /// The default implementation computes low bits based on alignment.
4582 virtual void computeKnownBitsForStackObjectPointer(KnownBits &Known,
4583 const MachineFunction &MF,
4584 Align Alignment) const;
4585
4586 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4587 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4588 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4589 /// by the requested vector elements.
4590 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4591 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4592 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4593 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4594
4595 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4596 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4597 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4598 /// by the requested vector elements.
4599 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4600 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4601 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4602
4603 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4604 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4605 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4606 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4607 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4608 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4609 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4610 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4611
4612 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4613 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4614 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4615 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4616 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4617 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4618 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4619 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4621 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4622 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4623
4624 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4625 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4626 /// bitwise ops etc.
4627 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4628 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4629 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4630
4631 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4632 /// and, \p Kind can be used to track poison and/or undef bits. The
4633 /// DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4634 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4635 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4636 UndefPoisonKind Kind, unsigned Depth) const;
4637
4638 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4639 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4640 /// vector elements.
4641 virtual bool canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4642 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4643 UndefPoisonKind Kind, bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4644
4645 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4646 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4647 /// function tries different variations.
4648 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4649 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4651 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4652
4653 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4654 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4655 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4656
4657 /// Determine floating-point class information for a target node. The
4658 /// DemandedElts argument allows us to only collect the known FP classes
4659 /// that are shared by the requested vector elements.
4660 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4662 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4663 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4664 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4665
4666 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4667 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4668 /// NaN.
4669 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4670 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4671 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4672 bool SNaN = false,
4673 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4674
4675 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4676 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4677 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4678 APInt &UndefElts,
4679 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4680 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4681
4682 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4683 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4685 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4686 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4687 }
4688
4689 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4690 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4691 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4692 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4693
4695 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4698
4699 public:
4701
4702 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4703 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4704
4705 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4707 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4710
4711 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4712 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4713 bool AddTo = true);
4714 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4715 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4716 bool AddTo = true);
4717
4718 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4719
4720 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4721 };
4722
4723 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4724 /// from getBooleanContents().
4725 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4726
4727 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4728 /// from getBooleanContents().
4729 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4730
4731 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4732 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4733
4734 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4735 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4736 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4737 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4738 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4739
4740 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4741 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4742
4743 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4744 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4745 virtual bool
4746 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4747
4748 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4749 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4750 /// for.
4751 ///
4752 /// The semantics are as follows:
4753 /// Return Value:
4754 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4755 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4756 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4757 ///
4758 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4759 /// more complex transformations.
4760 ///
4761 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4762
4763 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4764 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4765 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4766 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4767 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4768 ///
4769 /// @param N the shift node
4770 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4772 CombineLevel Level) const {
4773 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4774 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4775 return false;
4776 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4777 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4778 return false;
4779 return true;
4780 }
4781
4782 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4783 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4784 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4785 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4786 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4787 ///
4788 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4789 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4791 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4792 return true;
4793 }
4794
4795 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4796 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4797 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4798 return true;
4799 }
4800
4801 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4802 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4803 // writing this) is:
4804 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4805 // AddAnd:
4806 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4807 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4808 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4809 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4810 // ABS:
4811 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4812 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4813 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4814 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4815 //
4816 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4817 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4818 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4820 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4822 }
4823
4824 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4825 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4826 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4827 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4828 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4829 return true;
4830 }
4831
4832 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4833 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4834 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4835 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4836 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4837 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4838 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4839 }
4840
4841 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4842 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4843 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4844 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4845 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4846 return false;
4847 }
4848
4849 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4850 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4851 /// promotion type by reference.
4852 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4853 return false;
4854 }
4855
4856 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4857 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4858 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4859 return false;
4860 }
4861
4862 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4863 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4864 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4865 return false;
4866 }
4867
4868 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4869 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4870
4871 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4872 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4873
4874 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4875 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4876 /// selection.
4877 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4878 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4879 }
4880
4881 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4882 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4883 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4884 /// of instruction selection.
4886 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4887 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4888 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4889 }
4890
4891 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4892 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4893 /// do the negation.
4894 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4895 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4896 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4897 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4898
4900 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4902 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4904 SDValue Neg =
4905 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4906 if (!Neg)
4907 return SDValue();
4908
4909 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4910 return Neg;
4911
4912 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4913 if (Neg->use_empty())
4914 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4915 return SDValue();
4916 }
4917
4918 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4919 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4921 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4922 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4923 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4925 }
4926
4927 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4928 /// the cost is not expensive.
4930 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4932 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4933 }
4934
4935 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4936 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
4937 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
4938 //
4939
4940 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
4941 /// storing a legal type
4943 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
4944 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4945 return false;
4946 }
4947
4948 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
4949 virtual SDValue
4951 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
4952 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
4953 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4954 return SDValue();
4955 }
4956
4957 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
4958 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
4959 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
4960 /// return the resulting token chain value.
4962 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
4963 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
4964 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
4965 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4966 }
4967
4968 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
4969 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
4970 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
4971 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
4972 return SDValue();
4973 }
4974
4975 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
4976 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
4977
4978 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
4979 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
4980 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
4985
4986 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
4987 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
4988 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
4989 /// implementation.
4992 /// Original unlegalized return type.
4993 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
4994 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
4995 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
4996 bool RetSExt : 1;
4997 bool RetZExt : 1;
4998 bool IsVarArg : 1;
4999 bool IsInReg : 1;
5005 bool NoMerge : 1;
5006
5007 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
5008 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
5009 bool IsTailCall = false;
5010
5011 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
5013
5014 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
5020 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
5025 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
5028
5029 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
5030
5036
5038 DL = dl;
5039 return *this;
5040 }
5041
5043 Chain = InChain;
5044 return *this;
5045 }
5046
5047 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
5049 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
5050 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
5051 std::move(ArgsList));
5052 }
5053
5055 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
5056 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
5057 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
5058 RetTy = ResultType;
5059 Callee = Target;
5060 CallConv = CC;
5061 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
5062 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5063
5064 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
5065 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
5066 return *this;
5067 }
5068
5070 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
5071 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
5072 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
5073 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
5074 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
5075 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
5076 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
5077
5078 Callee = Target;
5079 CallConv = CC;
5080 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
5081 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5082 return *this;
5083 }
5084
5086 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
5087 const CallBase &Call) {
5088 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
5089
5090 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
5092 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
5093 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
5094 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
5095 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
5096 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
5097 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
5098 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
5099
5100 Callee = Target;
5101
5102 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
5103 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
5104 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
5105
5106 CB = &Call;
5107
5108 return *this;
5109 }
5110
5112 IsInReg = Value;
5113 return *this;
5114 }
5115
5118 return *this;
5119 }
5120
5122 IsVarArg = Value;
5123 return *this;
5124 }
5125
5127 IsTailCall = Value;
5128 return *this;
5129 }
5130
5133 return *this;
5134 }
5135
5138 return *this;
5139 }
5140
5142 RetSExt = Value;
5143 return *this;
5144 }
5145
5147 RetZExt = Value;
5148 return *this;
5149 }
5150
5153 return *this;
5154 }
5155
5158 return *this;
5159 }
5160
5162 PAI = Value;
5163 return *this;
5164 }
5165
5168 return *this;
5169 }
5170
5172 CFIType = Type;
5173 return *this;
5174 }
5175
5178 return *this;
5179 }
5180
5182 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
5183 return *this;
5184 }
5185
5187 return Args;
5188 }
5189 };
5190
5191 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
5193 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
5194 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
5198
5199 bool IsSigned : 1;
5203 bool IsSoften : 1;
5204
5208
5210 IsSigned = Value;
5211 return *this;
5212 }
5213
5216 return *this;
5217 }
5218
5221 return *this;
5222 }
5223
5226 return *this;
5227 }
5228
5230 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
5231 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5232 IsSoften = true;
5233 return *this;
5234 }
5235
5236 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5237 /// the type from the operand's node.
5239 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5240 return *this;
5241 }
5242 };
5243
5244 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5245 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5246 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5247 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5248 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5249
5250 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5251 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5252 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5253 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5254 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5255 virtual SDValue
5257 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5258 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5259 }
5260
5261 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5262 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5263
5264 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5265 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5266 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5267 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5268 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5269 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5270 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5271 {
5272 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5273 return true;
5274 }
5275
5276 /// Annotate a stack object pointer with known-bits assertions.
5277 SDValue annotateStackObjectPointer(SDValue Ptr, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5278 const SDLoc &DL, Align Alignment) const;
5279
5280 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5281 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5282 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5283 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5284 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5285 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5286 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5287 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5288 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5289 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5290 }
5291
5292 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5293 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5294 ///
5295 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5296 /// tail call at legalization time.
5297 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5298 return false;
5299 }
5300
5301 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5302 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5303 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5304 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5305 return false;
5306 }
5307
5308 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5309 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5310 /// so the default action is to bail.
5311 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5312 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5313 reportFatalUsageError("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5314 }
5315
5316 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5317 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5318 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5319 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5320 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5321 /// necessary information.
5323 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5324 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(Context, MVT::i32);
5325 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5326 }
5327
5328 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5329 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5330 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5331 virtual bool
5333 bool isVarArg,
5334 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5335 return false;
5336 }
5337
5338 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5339 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5340 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5341 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5342 virtual bool
5344 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5345 }
5346
5347 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5348 /// scratch registers.
5350 return nullptr;
5351 }
5352
5353 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5354 /// attached into strict FP call.
5358
5359 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5360 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5361 ///
5362 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5363 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5364 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5365 /// implementation does nothing.
5367 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5368 return Chain;
5369 }
5370
5371 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5372 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5373 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5374 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5375 /// use this callback.
5376 ///
5377 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5378 ///
5379 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5380 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5381 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5382 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5383 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5384 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5386 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5387
5388 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5389 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5390 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5391 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5392 /// aborts.
5393 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5394
5395 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5396 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5397 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5398 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5399 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5400 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5401 ///
5402 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5403 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5404 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5405 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5406 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5407 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5408 }
5409
5410 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5411 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5412
5413 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5414 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5416 const TargetLibraryInfo *,
5417 const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const {
5418 return nullptr;
5419 }
5420
5421 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5422 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5423 //
5424
5426 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5427 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5428 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5429 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5430 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5431 C_Other, // Something else.
5432 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5433 };
5434
5436 // Generic weights.
5437 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5438 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5439 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5440 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5441 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5442
5443 // Well-known weights.
5444 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5445 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5446 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5447 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5448 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5449 };
5450
5451 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5453 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5454 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5455 /// matches the operand.
5456 std::string ConstraintCode;
5457
5458 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5459 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5461
5462 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5463 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5464 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5466
5467 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5468 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5469
5470 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5473
5474 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5475 /// like "4".
5476 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5477
5478 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5479 /// operand it matches.
5480 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5481 };
5482
5483 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5484
5485 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5486 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5487 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5488 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5490 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5491 const CallBase &Call) const;
5492
5493 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5494 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5496 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5497
5498 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5499 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5501 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5502
5503 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5504 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5505 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5506 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5507 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5508 SDValue Op,
5509 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5510
5511 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5512 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5513
5514 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5516 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5517 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5518 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5519 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5520 /// preferences.
5522
5523 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5524 /// number and the register class for the register.
5525 ///
5526 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5527 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5528 /// pointer.
5529 ///
5530 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5531 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5532 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5534 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5535
5537 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5538 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5540 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5542 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5544 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5547 }
5548
5549 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5550 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5551 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5552 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5553
5554 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5555 /// add anything to Ops.
5556 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5557 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5558 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5559
5560 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5561 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5562 const SDLoc &DL,
5563 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5564 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5565
5566 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5567 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5568 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5570 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5571
5572 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5573 // Div utility functions
5574 //
5575
5576 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5577 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5578 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5579 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5580 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5581 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5582 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5583 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5584 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5585 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5586
5587 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5588 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5589 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5590 /// operations.
5591 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5592 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5593 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5594
5595 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5596 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5597 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5598 /// operations.
5599 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5600 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5601 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5602
5603 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5604 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5605 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5606 /// that must exist.
5607 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5608 return 0;
5609 }
5610
5611 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5612 /// roots.
5613
5614 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5615 /// operand.
5616 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5617 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5618 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5619 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5620 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5621 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5622 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5623 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5624 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5625 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5626 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5627 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5628 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5630 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5631 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5632 return SDValue();
5633 }
5634
5635 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5636 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5637 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5638 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5639 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5640 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5641
5642 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5643 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5644 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5645 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5646 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5647 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5648 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5649 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5650 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5651 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5653 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5654 return SDValue();
5655 }
5656
5657 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5658 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5659 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5660 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5661 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5662 const DenormalMode &Mode,
5663 SDNodeFlags Flags = {}) const;
5664
5665 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5666 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5668 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5669 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5670 }
5671
5672 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5673 // Legalization utility functions
5674 //
5675
5676 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5677 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5678 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5679 /// in little-endian order.
5680 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5681 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5682 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5683 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5684 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5685 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5686 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5687 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5688 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5689 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5690 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5691
5692 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5693 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5694 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5695 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5696 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5697 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5698 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5699 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5700 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5701 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5702 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5703 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5704 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5705
5706 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using an n/2-bit
5707 /// algorithm. First, attempt to expand the division using a n/2-bit urem by
5708 /// constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant will be
5709 /// expanded by DAGCombiner. As this is not possible for all constant
5710 /// divisors, this method falls back to an implementation of the magic
5711 /// algorithm using n/2-bit operations.
5712 /// \param N Node to expand
5713 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5714 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5715 /// by the remainder parts.
5716 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5717 /// half of VT.
5718 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5719 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5720 /// the LHS.
5721 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5722 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5723 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5724 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5725 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5726 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5727
5728 /// Expand funnel shift.
5729 /// \param N Node to expand
5730 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5731 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5732
5733 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5734 /// \param N Node to expand
5735 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5736 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5737
5738 /// Expand parallel bit extract (compress).
5739 /// \param N Node to expand
5740 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5741 SDValue expandPEXT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5742
5743 /// Expand parallel bit deposit (expand).
5744 /// \param N Node to expand
5745 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5746 SDValue expandPDEP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5747
5748 /// Expand rotations.
5749 /// \param N Node to expand
5750 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5751 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5752 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5753 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5754
5755 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5756 /// \param N Node to expand
5757 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5758 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5759 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5760 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5761
5762 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5763 /// \param N Node to expand
5764 /// \param Result output after conversion
5765 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5766 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5767
5768 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5769 /// \param N Node to expand
5770 /// \param Result output after conversion
5771 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5772 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5773 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5774 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5775
5776 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5777 /// \param N Node to expand
5778 /// \param Result output after conversion
5779 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5780 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5781 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5782 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5783
5784 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5785 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5786
5787 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5788 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5789
5790 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5791 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5792
5793 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5794 /// \param N Node to expand
5795 /// \returns The expansion result
5796 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5797
5798 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5799 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5800 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5801 /// \param Op The value to round.
5802 /// \returns The expansion result
5803 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5804 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5805
5806 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5807 /// \param N Node to expand
5808 /// \returns The expansion result
5809 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5810
5811 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5812 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5813 /// \param Op The tested value.
5814 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5815 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5816 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5817 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5818 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5819 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5820
5821 /// Expand FCANONICALIZE to FMUL with 1.
5822 /// \param NodeNode to expand
5823 /// \returns The expansion result
5824 SDValue expandFCANONICALIZE(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5825
5826 /// Expand CONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5827 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5828 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5829 SDValue expandCONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5830
5831 /// Expand CONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5832 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5833 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5834 SDValue expandCONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node,
5835 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5836
5837 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5838 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5839 /// \param N Node to expand
5840 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5841 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5842
5843 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5844 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5845 /// \param N Node to expand
5846 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5847 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5848
5849 /// Expand CTLS (count leading sign bits) nodes.
5850 /// CTLS(x) = CTLZ(OR(SHL(XOR(x, SRA(x, BW-1)), 1), 1))
5851 /// \param N Node to expand
5852 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5853 SDValue expandCTLS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5854
5855 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5856 /// \param N Node to expand
5857 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5858 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5859 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5860
5861 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5862 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5863 /// \param N Node to expand
5864 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5865 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5866
5867 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5868 /// \param N Node to expand
5869 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5870 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5871
5872 /// Expand VECTOR_MATCH nodes.
5873 /// \param N Node to expand
5874 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5875 SDValue expandVectorMatch(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5876
5877 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5878 /// \param N Node to expand
5879 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5880 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5881
5882 /// Expand LOOP_DEPENDENCE_MASK nodes
5883 /// \param N Node to expand
5884 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5885 SDValue expandLoopDependenceMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5886
5887 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5888 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5889 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5890 /// \param N Node to expand
5891 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5892 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5893 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5894 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5895
5896 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5897 /// \param N Node to expand
5898 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5899 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5900
5901 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5902 /// \param N Node to expand
5903 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5904 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5905
5906 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5907 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5908 /// \param N Node to expand
5909 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5910 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5911
5912 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5913 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5914 /// \param N Node to expand
5915 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5916 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5917
5918 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
5919 /// \param LD load to expand
5920 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
5921 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5922 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5923
5924 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
5925 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
5926 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
5928
5929 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
5930 /// possibly more for vectors.
5931 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5932 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5933
5934 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
5935 /// possibly more for vectors.
5936 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5937
5938 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
5939 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
5940 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
5941 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
5942 /// in the \p Mask.
5943 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
5944 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
5945 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
5946 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5947 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
5948
5949 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5950 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5951 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5952 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
5953 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5954 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
5955 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
5956 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5957
5958 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5959 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5960 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5961 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
5962 /// location large enough for the vector.
5964 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
5965 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
5968 }
5969
5970 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
5971 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
5972 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
5973 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
5974 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
5975 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
5976 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5977 SDValue
5978 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
5979 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
5980 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5981
5982 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
5983 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5984 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5985
5986 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
5987 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5988 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5989
5990 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
5991 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
5992 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5993
5994 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
5995 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5996 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5997
5998 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
5999 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6000 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6001
6002 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
6003 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
6004 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
6005 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
6006 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
6008 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6009
6010 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
6011 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6012 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6013 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6014
6015 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
6016 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6017 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6018 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6019
6020 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
6021 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
6022 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
6023 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6024
6025 // Expand ISD::MULH[SU]. Can expand to MUL_LOHI or wide MUL if available.
6026 SDValue expandMULH(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6027
6028 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
6029 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
6030 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
6031 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
6032 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
6034 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
6035 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
6036
6037 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
6038 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
6039 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
6040 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
6041 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
6042 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
6043 SDValue &Hi) const;
6044
6045 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
6046 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
6047 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6048
6049 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
6050 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6051
6052 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
6053 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
6054 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6055
6056 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
6057 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
6058 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6059
6060 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
6061 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
6062 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6063
6064 /// Expand a CTTZ_ELTS or CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON by calculating (VL - i) for
6065 /// each active lane (i), getting the maximum and subtracting it from VL.
6066 SDValue expandCttzElts(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6067
6068 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
6069 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
6070 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6071
6072 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
6073 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
6074 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
6075 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
6076 /// value.
6077 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
6078 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
6080 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
6081
6082 /// Legalize a SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC on the
6083 /// current target.
6084 ///
6085 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
6086 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
6087 /// will be set to false.
6088 ///
6089 /// If the SETCC has been legalized by using getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then
6090 /// the values of LHS and RHS will be swapped, CC will be set to the new
6091 /// condition, and NeedInvert will be set to false.
6092 ///
6093 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode, then LHS and
6094 /// RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode, and
6095 /// NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of the
6096 /// SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to swap
6097 /// the effect of a true/false result.
6098 ///
6099 /// \returns true if the SETCC has been legalized, false if it hasn't.
6100 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
6101 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, bool &NeedInvert,
6102 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue &Chain,
6103 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
6104
6105 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6106 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
6107 //
6108
6109 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6110 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
6111 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
6112 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
6113 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
6114 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
6115 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
6116 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
6117 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
6118 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
6119
6120 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6121 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
6122 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
6123 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
6124 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
6125 SDNode *Node) const;
6126
6127 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
6128 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
6129 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
6130
6132 const SDLoc &DL) const {
6133 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
6134 }
6135
6136 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
6137 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
6138 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6139
6140 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
6141 /// expansion.
6142 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
6143 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
6144 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6145
6146 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
6147 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
6148 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
6149 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
6150 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6151
6152 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
6154 return true;
6155 }
6156
6157 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
6158 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
6159 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6160
6161 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
6162 ///
6163 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
6164 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
6165 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
6166 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
6167 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
6168 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
6169 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
6170 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
6171 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6172
6173protected:
6174 void setTypeIdForCallsiteInfo(const CallBase *CB, MachineFunction &MF,
6175 MachineFunction::CallSiteInfo &CSInfo) const;
6176
6177private:
6178 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6179 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6180 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6181 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6182 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6183 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6184
6185 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
6187 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6188 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6189
6190 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
6191 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
6192 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6193 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
6194
6195 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6196 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6197 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6198 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6199 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6200 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6201 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6202
6203 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6204 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6205 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6206 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6207 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6208 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6209 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6210
6211 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUREMDecomposition(
6212 SDNode *N, APInt Divisor, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
6213 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6214
6215 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUMulHiMagic(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
6217 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6218 SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6219};
6220
6221/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
6222/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
6223/// being lowered to memory.
6224LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
6225 AttributeList attr,
6226 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
6227 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
6228
6229} // end namespace llvm
6230
6231#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
unsigned Imm
unsigned uint64_t
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:857
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< ShadowStackGC > C("shadow-stack", "Very portable GC for uncooperative code generators")
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:215
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:330
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
const uint64_t BitWidth
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1508
Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:410
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:207
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:316
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:67
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:765
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static LLT integer(unsigned SizeInBits)
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:68
Tracks which library functions to use for a particular subtarget or function.
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
MCRegisterClass - Base class of TargetRegisterClass.
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneNonDBGUse(Register RegNo) const
hasOneNonDBGUse - Return true if there is exactly one non-Debug use of the specified register.
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:68
Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:294
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bits of the poi...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node, in exactly one operand.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:56
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue())
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool isAtomicAlignmentSupported(Align Alignment, uint64_t SizeInBytes) const
Return true if the target supports an atomic access of SizeInBytes bytes at the given Alignment.
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual MVT::SimpleValueType getCmpLibcallReturnType() const
Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
unsigned getMaximumLegalStoreInBits() const
Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable vectors.
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(const AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(ExceptionHandling EH, const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setTruncStoreAction...
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
virtual bool isAnyExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true is an anyext is free from FromTy to ToTy.
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
const LibcallLoweringInfo & getLibcallLoweringInfo() const
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
CallingConv::ID getLibcallImplCallingConv(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall implementation.
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP immediate natively.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
virtual Value * emitCanLoadSpeculatively(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Ptr, Value *Size) const
Emit code to check if a speculative load of the given size from Ptr is safe.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
void setVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor Factor ...
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual ExtractSubvectorCost getExtractSubvectorCost(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return the cost of extracting a subvector of type ResVT from a vector of type SrcVT,...
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
void setVectorInterleaveAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, ArrayRef< unsigned > Factors, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT CCVT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
bool isVectorInterleaveLegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, EVT VT) const
Return true if a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor and f...
LegalizeAction getVectorInterleaveAction(unsigned Opc, unsigned Factor, EVT VT) const
Return how a VECTOR_INTERLEAVE or VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE node with the given interleave factor and VT sh...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *, const Function *) const
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
ExtractSubvectorCost
Enum that specifies how expensive lowering an EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is.
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool shouldIssueAtomicLoadForAtomicEmulationLoop(void) const
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const
Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise RTLIB::Unsupported.
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
bool shouldUseDynamicVectorTypeBreakdown(EVT VT, bool ForCallingConv) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual void getTgtMemIntrinsic(SmallVectorImpl< IntrinsicInfo > &Infos, const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF, unsigned Intrinsic) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
virtual bool preferVectorizedNonPowerOfTwoTypeBreakdown() const
Return true if fixed-length, non-power-of-two vectors should be broken down into legal vector parts i...
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setLoadExtAction an...
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(ExceptionHandling EH, const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_UDIV, ISD::VP_SDIV,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT.
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual unsigned getPreferredShrunkVectorSizeInBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts) const
If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the returned size in bits by c...
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardMixFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as LC.
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *, const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:283
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:277
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:186
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:252
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:257
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:41
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:275
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:395
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:294
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:525
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:264
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:401
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:869
@ PSEUDO_FMIN
PSEUDO_FMIN is strictly equivalent to op0 olt op1 ?
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:418
@ CLMUL
Carry-less multiplication operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:786
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:408
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:860
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:723
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ VECTOR_INTERLEAVE
VECTOR_INTERLEAVE(VEC1, VEC2, ...) - Returns N vectors from N input vectors, where N is the factor to...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:638
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:375
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:680
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:349
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:712
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:777
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Perform floating-point minimumNumber or maximumNumber on two values,...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:866
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Perform floating-point minimum maximum on two values, following IEEE-754 definition...
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:735
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:414
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:481
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:480
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - NaN-propagating minimum/maximum that also treat -0.0 as less than 0....
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:942
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:747
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:718
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:304
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:689
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:366
@ VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE
VECTOR_DEINTERLEAVE(VEC1, VEC2, ...) - Returns N vectors from N input vectors, where N is the factor ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:627
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - minimumnum/maximumnum that is same with FMINNUM_IEEE and FMAXNUM_IEEE besid...
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:730
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
This namespace contains an enum with a value for every intrinsic/builtin function known by LLVM.
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:58
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
Definition MCSchedule.h:35
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:577
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1775
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
@ Known
Known to have no common set bits.
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:134
@ Load
The value being inserted comes from a load (InsertElement only).
@ Store
The extracted value is stored (ExtractElement only).
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:156
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:332
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1604
constexpr bool isPowerOf2_32(uint32_t Value)
Return true if the argument is a power of two > 0.
Definition MathExtras.h:280
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:227
@ Default
-O2, -Os, -Oz
Definition CodeGen.h:230
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
@ Fast
Assign the register banks as fast as possible (default).
LLVM_ABI bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:539
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1617
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1933
ExceptionHandling
Definition CodeGen.h:54
UndefPoisonKind
Enumeration to track whether we are interested in Undef, Poison, or both.
Definition UndefPoison.h:20
static cl::opt< unsigned > CostThreshold("dfa-cost-threshold", cl::desc("Maximum cost accepted for the transformation"), cl::Hidden, cl::init(50))
MCRegisterClass TargetRegisterClass
Definition FastISel.h:58
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:878
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:77
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:145
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:70
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:323
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:155
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:266
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:339
bool isFixedLengthVector() const
Definition ValueTypes.h:199
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:176
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:150
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:165
unsigned getVectorNumElements() const
Given a vector type, return the number of elements it contains.
Definition ValueTypes.h:359
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:106
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmoveWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const
bool isMemmove() const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile)
bool isZeroMemset() const
bool isVolatile() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)